1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 /* 432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 436 ** 437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 443 */ 444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 445 struct PagerSavepoint { 446 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 447 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 448 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 449 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 450 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 452 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 453 #endif 454 }; 455 456 /* 457 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 458 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 459 ** 460 ** eState 461 ** 462 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 463 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 464 ** 465 ** eLock 466 ** 467 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 468 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 469 ** 470 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 471 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 472 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 473 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 474 ** need (and no reason to release them). 475 ** 476 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 477 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 478 ** details. 479 ** 480 ** changeCountDone 481 ** 482 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 483 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 484 ** not updated more often than necessary. 485 ** 486 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 487 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 488 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 489 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 490 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 491 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 492 ** 493 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 494 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 495 ** committed. 496 ** 497 ** setMaster 498 ** 499 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 500 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 501 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 502 ** 503 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 504 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 505 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 506 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 507 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 508 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 509 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 510 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 511 ** 512 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 513 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 514 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 515 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 516 ** 517 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 518 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 519 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 520 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 521 ** 522 ** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill 523 ** 524 ** These two boolean variables control the behavior of cache-spills 525 ** (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to 526 ** write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory). 527 ** 528 ** When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress() 529 ** is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that 530 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 531 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 532 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). 533 ** 534 ** If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress() 535 ** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set 536 ** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than 537 ** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening 538 ** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 539 ** 540 ** subjInMemory 541 ** 542 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 543 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 544 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 545 ** 546 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 547 ** write-transaction is opened. 548 ** 549 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 550 ** 551 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 552 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 553 ** OPEN and ERROR). 554 ** 555 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 556 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 557 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 558 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 559 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 560 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 561 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 562 ** to dbSize==1). 563 ** 564 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 565 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 566 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 567 ** dbSize is updated. 568 ** 569 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 570 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 571 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 572 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 573 ** being modified. 574 ** 575 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 576 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 577 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 578 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 579 ** 580 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 581 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 582 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 583 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 584 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 585 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 586 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 587 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 588 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 589 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 590 ** 591 ** dbHintSize 592 ** 593 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 594 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 595 ** 596 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 597 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 598 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 599 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 600 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 601 ** details. 602 ** 603 ** errCode 604 ** 605 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 606 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 607 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 608 ** sub-codes. 609 */ 610 struct Pager { 611 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 612 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 613 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 614 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 615 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 616 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 617 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 618 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 619 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 620 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ 621 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 622 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 623 624 /************************************************************************** 625 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 626 ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed 627 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 628 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 629 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 630 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 631 ** "configuration" of the pager. 632 */ 633 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 634 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 635 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 636 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 637 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 638 u8 doNotSyncSpill; /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */ 639 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 640 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 641 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 642 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 643 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 644 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 645 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 646 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 647 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 648 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 649 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 650 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 651 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 652 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 653 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 654 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 655 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 656 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 657 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 658 /* 659 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 660 ***************************************************************************/ 661 662 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 663 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 664 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 665 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 666 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 667 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 668 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 669 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 670 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 671 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 672 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 673 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 674 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 675 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 676 #endif 677 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 678 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 679 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 680 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 681 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 682 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 683 #endif 684 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 685 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 686 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 687 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 688 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 689 #endif 690 }; 691 692 /* 693 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 694 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 695 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 696 */ 697 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 698 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 699 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 700 701 /* 702 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 703 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 704 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 705 */ 706 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 707 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 708 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 709 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 710 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 711 #else 712 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 713 #endif 714 715 716 717 /* 718 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 719 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 720 ** 721 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 722 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 723 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 724 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 725 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 726 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 727 ** journal and ignore it. 728 ** 729 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 730 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 731 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 732 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 733 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 734 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 735 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 736 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 737 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 738 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 739 */ 740 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 741 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 742 }; 743 744 /* 745 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 746 ** the following macro. 747 */ 748 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 749 750 /* 751 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 752 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 753 */ 754 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 755 756 /* 757 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 758 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 759 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 760 ** out code that would never execute. 761 */ 762 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 763 # define MEMDB 0 764 #else 765 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 766 #endif 767 768 /* 769 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 770 */ 771 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 772 773 /* 774 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 775 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 776 ** 777 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 778 ** 779 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 780 ** 781 ** instead of 782 ** 783 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 784 */ 785 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) 786 787 /* 788 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 789 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 790 */ 791 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 792 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 793 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 794 } 795 #else 796 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 797 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 798 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 799 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 800 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 801 #endif 802 803 #ifndef NDEBUG 804 /* 805 ** Usage: 806 ** 807 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 808 ** 809 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 810 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 811 */ 812 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 813 Pager *pPager = p; 814 815 /* State must be valid. */ 816 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 817 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 818 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 819 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 820 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 821 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 822 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 823 ); 824 825 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 826 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 827 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 828 */ 829 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 830 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 831 832 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 833 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 834 */ 835 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 836 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 837 838 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 839 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 840 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 841 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 842 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 843 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 844 ** state. 845 */ 846 if( MEMDB ){ 847 assert( p->noSync ); 848 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 849 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 850 ); 851 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 852 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 853 } 854 855 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 856 ** on the file. 857 */ 858 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 859 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 860 861 switch( p->eState ){ 862 case PAGER_OPEN: 863 assert( !MEMDB ); 864 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 865 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 866 break; 867 868 case PAGER_READER: 869 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 870 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 871 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 872 break; 873 874 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 875 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 876 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 877 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 878 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 879 } 880 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 881 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 882 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 883 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 884 break; 885 886 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 887 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 888 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 889 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 890 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 891 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 892 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 893 ** to journal_mode=wal. 894 */ 895 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 896 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 897 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 898 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 899 ); 900 } 901 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 902 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 903 break; 904 905 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 906 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 907 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 908 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 909 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 910 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 911 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 912 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 913 ); 914 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 915 break; 916 917 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 918 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 919 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 920 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 921 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 922 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 923 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 924 ); 925 break; 926 927 case PAGER_ERROR: 928 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 929 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 930 ** back to OPEN state. 931 */ 932 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 933 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 934 break; 935 } 936 937 return 1; 938 } 939 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 940 941 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 942 /* 943 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 944 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 945 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 946 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 947 ** 948 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 949 */ 950 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 951 static char zRet[1024]; 952 953 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 954 "Filename: %s\n" 955 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 956 "Lock: %s\n" 957 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 958 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 959 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 960 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 961 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 962 , p->zFilename 963 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 964 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 965 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 966 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 967 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 968 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 969 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 970 , (int)p->errCode 971 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 972 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 973 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 974 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 975 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 976 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 977 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 978 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 979 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 980 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 981 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 982 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 983 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 984 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 985 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 986 ); 987 988 return zRet; 989 } 990 #endif 991 992 /* 993 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 994 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 995 ** or more open savepoints for which: 996 ** 997 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 998 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 999 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1000 */ 1001 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1002 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1003 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1004 int i; 1005 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1006 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1007 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1008 return 1; 1009 } 1010 } 1011 return 0; 1012 } 1013 1014 /* 1015 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1016 */ 1017 static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 1018 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1019 } 1020 1021 /* 1022 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1023 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1024 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1025 ** 1026 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1027 */ 1028 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1029 unsigned char ac[4]; 1030 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1031 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1032 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1033 } 1034 return rc; 1035 } 1036 1037 /* 1038 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1039 */ 1040 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1041 1042 1043 /* 1044 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1045 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1046 */ 1047 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1048 char ac[4]; 1049 put32bits(ac, val); 1050 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1051 } 1052 1053 /* 1054 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1055 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1056 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1057 ** 1058 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1059 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1060 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1061 */ 1062 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1063 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1064 1065 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1066 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1067 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1068 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1069 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1070 rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1071 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1072 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1073 } 1074 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1075 } 1076 return rc; 1077 } 1078 1079 /* 1080 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1081 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1082 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1083 ** 1084 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1085 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1086 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1087 ** of this. 1088 */ 1089 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1090 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1091 1092 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1093 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1094 rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1095 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1096 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1097 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1098 } 1099 } 1100 return rc; 1101 } 1102 1103 /* 1104 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1105 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1106 ** 1107 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1108 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1109 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1110 ** to the page size. 1111 ** 1112 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1113 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1114 ** database. 1115 ** 1116 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1117 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1118 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1119 */ 1120 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1121 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1122 assert( !MEMDB ); 1123 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1124 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1125 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1126 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1127 1128 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1129 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1130 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1131 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1132 1133 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1134 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1135 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1136 return 0; 1137 } 1138 } 1139 1140 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1141 } 1142 #endif 1143 1144 /* 1145 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1146 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1147 ** and debugging only. 1148 */ 1149 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1150 /* 1151 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1152 */ 1153 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1154 u32 hash = 0; 1155 int i; 1156 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1157 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1158 } 1159 return hash; 1160 } 1161 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1162 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1163 } 1164 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1165 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1166 } 1167 1168 /* 1169 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1170 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1171 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1172 */ 1173 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1174 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1175 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1176 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1177 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1178 } 1179 1180 #else 1181 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1182 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1183 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1184 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1185 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1186 1187 /* 1188 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1189 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1190 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1191 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1192 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1193 ** 1194 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1195 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1196 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1197 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1198 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1199 ** were present in the journal. 1200 ** 1201 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1202 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1203 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1204 ** journal file name. 1205 ** 1206 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1207 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1208 ** 1209 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1210 ** error code is returned. 1211 */ 1212 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1213 int rc; /* Return code */ 1214 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1215 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1216 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1217 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1218 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1219 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1220 1221 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1222 || szJ<16 1223 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1224 || len>=nMaster 1225 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1226 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1227 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1228 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1229 ){ 1230 return rc; 1231 } 1232 1233 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1234 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1235 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1236 } 1237 if( cksum ){ 1238 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1239 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1240 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1241 ** master-journal filename. 1242 */ 1243 len = 0; 1244 } 1245 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1246 1247 return SQLITE_OK; 1248 } 1249 1250 /* 1251 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1252 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1253 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1254 ** 1255 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1256 ** 1257 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1258 ** --------------------------------------- 1259 ** 0 0 1260 ** 512 512 1261 ** 100 512 1262 ** 2000 2048 1263 ** 1264 */ 1265 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1266 i64 offset = 0; 1267 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1268 if( c ){ 1269 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1270 } 1271 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1272 assert( offset>=c ); 1273 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1274 return offset; 1275 } 1276 1277 /* 1278 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1279 ** 1280 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1281 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1282 ** 1283 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1284 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1285 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1286 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1287 ** after writing or truncating it. 1288 ** 1289 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1290 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1291 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1292 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1293 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1294 ** 1295 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1296 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1297 */ 1298 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1299 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1300 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1301 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1302 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1303 1304 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1305 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1306 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1307 }else{ 1308 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1309 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1310 } 1311 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1312 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1313 } 1314 1315 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1316 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1317 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1318 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1319 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1320 */ 1321 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1322 i64 sz; 1323 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1324 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1325 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1326 } 1327 } 1328 } 1329 return rc; 1330 } 1331 1332 /* 1333 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1334 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1335 ** current location. 1336 ** 1337 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1338 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1339 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1340 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1341 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1342 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1343 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1344 ** 1345 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1346 */ 1347 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1348 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1349 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1350 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1351 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1352 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1353 1354 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1355 1356 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1357 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1358 } 1359 1360 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1361 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1362 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1363 */ 1364 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1365 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1366 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1367 } 1368 } 1369 1370 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1371 1372 /* 1373 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1374 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1375 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1376 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1377 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1378 ** 1379 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1380 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1381 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1382 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1383 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1384 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1385 ** 1386 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1387 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1388 ** 1389 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1390 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1391 */ 1392 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1393 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1394 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1395 ){ 1396 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1397 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1398 }else{ 1399 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1400 } 1401 1402 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1403 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1404 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1405 /* The initial database size */ 1406 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1407 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1408 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1409 1410 /* The page size */ 1411 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1412 1413 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1414 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1415 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1416 ** take the performance hit. 1417 */ 1418 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1419 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1420 1421 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1422 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1423 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1424 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1425 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1426 ** 1427 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1428 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1429 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1430 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1431 ** is done. 1432 ** 1433 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1434 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1435 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1436 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1437 */ 1438 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1439 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1440 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1441 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1442 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1443 } 1444 1445 return rc; 1446 } 1447 1448 /* 1449 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1450 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1451 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1452 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1453 ** a description of the journal header format. 1454 ** 1455 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1456 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1457 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1458 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1459 ** in this case. 1460 ** 1461 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1462 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1463 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1464 */ 1465 static int readJournalHdr( 1466 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1467 int isHot, 1468 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1469 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1470 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1471 ){ 1472 int rc; /* Return code */ 1473 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1474 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1475 1476 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1477 1478 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1479 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1480 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1481 */ 1482 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1483 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1484 return SQLITE_DONE; 1485 } 1486 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1487 1488 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1489 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1490 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1491 ** proceed. 1492 */ 1493 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1494 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1495 if( rc ){ 1496 return rc; 1497 } 1498 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1499 return SQLITE_DONE; 1500 } 1501 } 1502 1503 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1504 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1505 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1506 */ 1507 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1508 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1509 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1510 ){ 1511 return rc; 1512 } 1513 1514 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1515 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1516 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1517 1518 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1519 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1520 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1521 ){ 1522 return rc; 1523 } 1524 1525 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1526 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1527 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1528 */ 1529 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1530 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1531 } 1532 1533 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1534 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1535 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1536 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1537 */ 1538 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1539 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1540 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1541 ){ 1542 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1543 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1544 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1545 ** the journal file here. 1546 */ 1547 return SQLITE_DONE; 1548 } 1549 1550 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1551 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1552 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1553 */ 1554 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1555 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1556 1557 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1558 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1559 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1560 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1561 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1562 */ 1563 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1564 } 1565 1566 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1567 return rc; 1568 } 1569 1570 1571 /* 1572 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1573 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1574 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1575 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1576 ** anything is written. The format is: 1577 ** 1578 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1579 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1580 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1581 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1582 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1583 ** 1584 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1585 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1586 ** 1587 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1588 ** this call is a no-op. 1589 */ 1590 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1591 int rc; /* Return code */ 1592 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1593 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1594 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1595 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1596 1597 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1598 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1599 1600 if( !zMaster 1601 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1602 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 1603 ){ 1604 return SQLITE_OK; 1605 } 1606 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1607 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1608 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1609 1610 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1611 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1612 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1613 } 1614 1615 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1616 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1617 ** the journal has already been synced. 1618 */ 1619 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1620 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1621 } 1622 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1623 1624 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1625 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1626 */ 1627 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1628 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1629 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1630 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1631 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1632 ){ 1633 return rc; 1634 } 1635 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1636 1637 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1638 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1639 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1640 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1641 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1642 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1643 ** 1644 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1645 ** file to the required size. 1646 */ 1647 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1648 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1649 ){ 1650 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1651 } 1652 return rc; 1653 } 1654 1655 /* 1656 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return 1657 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 1658 ** already in memory. 1659 */ 1660 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1661 PgHdr *p; /* Return value */ 1662 1663 /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to 1664 ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made. 1665 */ 1666 (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p); 1667 return p; 1668 } 1669 1670 /* 1671 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1672 */ 1673 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1674 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1675 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1676 } 1677 1678 /* 1679 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1680 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1681 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1682 */ 1683 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1684 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1685 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1686 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1687 } 1688 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1689 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1690 } 1691 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1692 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1693 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1694 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1695 } 1696 1697 /* 1698 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1699 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1700 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1701 */ 1702 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1703 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1704 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1705 1706 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1707 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1708 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1709 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1710 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1711 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1712 } 1713 } 1714 return rc; 1715 } 1716 1717 /* 1718 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1719 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1720 ** state. 1721 ** 1722 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1723 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1724 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1725 ** closed (if it is open). 1726 ** 1727 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1728 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1729 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1730 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1731 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1732 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1733 */ 1734 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1735 1736 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1737 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1738 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1739 ); 1740 1741 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1742 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1743 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1744 1745 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1746 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1747 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1748 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1749 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1750 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1751 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1752 1753 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1754 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1755 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1756 ** out from under us. 1757 */ 1758 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1759 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1760 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1761 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1762 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1763 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1764 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1765 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1766 ){ 1767 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1768 } 1769 1770 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1771 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1772 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1773 ** is necessary. 1774 */ 1775 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1776 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1777 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1778 } 1779 1780 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1781 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1782 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1783 */ 1784 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1785 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1786 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1787 } 1788 1789 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1790 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1791 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1792 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1793 */ 1794 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1795 assert( !MEMDB ); 1796 pager_reset(pPager); 1797 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 1798 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1799 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1800 } 1801 1802 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1803 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1804 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1805 } 1806 1807 /* 1808 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1809 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1810 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1811 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1812 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1813 ** 1814 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1815 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1816 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1817 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1818 ** 1819 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1820 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1821 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1822 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1823 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1824 ** it were a hot-journal). 1825 */ 1826 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1827 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1828 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1829 assert( 1830 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1831 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1832 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1833 ); 1834 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1835 pPager->errCode = rc; 1836 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1837 } 1838 return rc; 1839 } 1840 1841 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1842 1843 /* 1844 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1845 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1846 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1847 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1848 ** database transaction. 1849 ** 1850 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1851 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1852 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1853 ** 1854 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1855 ** 1856 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1857 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1858 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1859 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1860 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1861 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1862 ** 1863 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1864 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1865 ** in-memory journal. 1866 ** 1867 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1868 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1869 ** 1870 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1871 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1872 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1873 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1874 ** 1875 ** journalMode==DELETE 1876 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1877 ** 1878 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1879 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1880 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1881 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1882 ** 1883 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1884 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1885 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1886 ** 1887 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1888 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1889 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1890 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1891 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1892 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1893 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1894 ** returned. 1895 */ 1896 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1897 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1898 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1899 1900 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1901 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1902 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1903 ** held under two circumstances: 1904 ** 1905 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1906 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1907 ** 1908 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1909 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1910 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 1911 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 1912 */ 1913 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 1914 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1915 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 1916 return SQLITE_OK; 1917 } 1918 1919 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1920 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 1921 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 1922 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1923 1924 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 1925 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ 1926 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 1927 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1928 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 1929 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1930 rc = SQLITE_OK; 1931 }else{ 1932 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1933 } 1934 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1935 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1936 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 1937 ){ 1938 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); 1939 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1940 }else{ 1941 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 1942 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 1943 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 1944 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 1945 */ 1946 int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); 1947 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 1948 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1949 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 1950 ); 1951 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1952 if( bDelete ){ 1953 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 1954 } 1955 } 1956 } 1957 1958 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1959 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 1960 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 1961 PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1); 1962 if( p ){ 1963 p->pageHash = 0; 1964 sqlite3PagerUnref(p); 1965 } 1966 } 1967 #endif 1968 1969 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1970 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1971 pPager->nRec = 0; 1972 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 1973 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 1974 1975 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1976 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 1977 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 1978 ** lock held on the database file. 1979 */ 1980 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1981 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 1982 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 1983 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 1984 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 1985 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 1986 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 1987 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 1988 ** required size. */ 1989 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1990 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 1991 } 1992 1993 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 1994 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 1995 ){ 1996 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 1997 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1998 } 1999 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2000 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2001 2002 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2003 } 2004 2005 /* 2006 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2007 ** database file. 2008 ** 2009 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2010 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2011 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2012 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2013 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2014 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2015 ** will roll it back. 2016 ** 2017 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2018 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2019 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2020 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2021 */ 2022 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2023 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2024 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2025 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2026 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2027 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2028 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2029 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2030 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2031 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2032 } 2033 } 2034 pager_unlock(pPager); 2035 } 2036 2037 /* 2038 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2039 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2040 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2041 ** 2042 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2043 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2044 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2045 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2046 ** 2047 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2048 ** incompatible journal file format. 2049 ** 2050 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2051 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2052 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2053 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2054 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2055 */ 2056 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2057 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2058 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2059 while( i>0 ){ 2060 cksum += aData[i]; 2061 i -= 200; 2062 } 2063 return cksum; 2064 } 2065 2066 /* 2067 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2068 ** to the codec. 2069 */ 2070 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2071 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2072 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2073 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2074 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2075 } 2076 } 2077 #else 2078 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2079 #endif 2080 2081 /* 2082 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2083 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2084 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2085 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2086 ** 2087 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2088 ** not. 2089 ** 2090 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2091 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2092 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2093 ** 2094 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2095 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2096 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2097 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2098 ** prior to returning. 2099 ** 2100 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2101 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2102 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2103 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2104 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2105 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2106 ** two circumstances: 2107 ** 2108 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2109 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2110 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2111 ** 2112 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2113 ** 2114 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2115 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2116 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2117 */ 2118 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2119 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2120 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2121 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2122 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2123 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2124 ){ 2125 int rc; 2126 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2127 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2128 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2129 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2130 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2131 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2132 2133 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2134 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2135 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2136 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2137 2138 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2139 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2140 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2141 2142 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2143 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2144 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2145 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2146 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2147 */ 2148 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2149 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2150 ); 2151 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2152 2153 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2154 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2155 */ 2156 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2157 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2158 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2159 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2160 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2161 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2162 2163 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2164 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2165 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2166 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2167 */ 2168 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2169 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2170 return SQLITE_DONE; 2171 } 2172 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2173 return SQLITE_OK; 2174 } 2175 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2176 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2177 if( rc ) return rc; 2178 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2179 return SQLITE_DONE; 2180 } 2181 } 2182 2183 /* If this page has already been played by before during the current 2184 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2185 */ 2186 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2187 return rc; 2188 } 2189 2190 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2191 */ 2192 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2193 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2194 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2195 } 2196 2197 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2198 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2199 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2200 ** 2201 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2202 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2203 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2204 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2205 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2206 ** assert()able. 2207 ** 2208 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2209 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2210 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2211 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2212 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2213 ** 2214 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2215 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2216 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2217 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2218 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2219 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2220 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2221 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2222 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2223 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2224 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2225 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2226 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2227 ** 2228 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2229 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2230 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2231 */ 2232 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2233 pPg = 0; 2234 }else{ 2235 pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); 2236 } 2237 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2238 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); 2239 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2240 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2241 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2242 )); 2243 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2244 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2245 }else{ 2246 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2247 } 2248 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2249 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2250 && isSynced 2251 ){ 2252 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2253 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2254 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2255 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2256 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2257 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2258 } 2259 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2260 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2261 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2262 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); 2263 } 2264 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2265 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2266 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2267 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2268 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2269 ** current. 2270 ** 2271 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2272 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2273 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2274 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2275 ** 2276 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2277 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2278 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2279 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2280 */ 2281 assert( isSavepnt ); 2282 assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 ); 2283 pPager->doNotSpill++; 2284 rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2285 assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 ); 2286 pPager->doNotSpill--; 2287 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2288 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; 2289 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2290 } 2291 if( pPg ){ 2292 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2293 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2294 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2295 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2296 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2297 */ 2298 void *pData; 2299 pData = pPg->pData; 2300 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2301 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2302 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ 2303 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 2304 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 2305 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page 2306 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the 2307 ** database. 2308 ** 2309 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled 2310 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 2311 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe 2312 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as 2313 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is 2314 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and 2315 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to 2316 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but 2317 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially 2318 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file 2319 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, 2320 ** database corruption may ensue. 2321 */ 2322 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2323 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 2324 } 2325 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2326 2327 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2328 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2329 if( pgno==1 ){ 2330 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2331 } 2332 2333 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2334 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2335 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2336 } 2337 return rc; 2338 } 2339 2340 /* 2341 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2342 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2343 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2344 ** and does so if it is. 2345 ** 2346 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2347 ** available for use within this function. 2348 ** 2349 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2350 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2351 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2352 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2353 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2354 ** 2355 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2356 ** 2357 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2358 ** journals have been rolled back. 2359 ** 2360 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2361 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2362 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2363 ** 2364 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2365 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2366 ** file zMaster 2367 ** 2368 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2369 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2370 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2371 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2372 ** 2373 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2374 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2375 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2376 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2377 ** 2378 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2379 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2380 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2381 ** size. 2382 */ 2383 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2384 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2385 int rc; /* Return code */ 2386 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2387 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2388 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2389 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2390 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2391 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2392 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2393 2394 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2395 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2396 */ 2397 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2398 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2399 if( !pMaster ){ 2400 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2401 }else{ 2402 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2403 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2404 } 2405 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2406 2407 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2408 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2409 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2410 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2411 */ 2412 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2413 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2414 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2415 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2416 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2417 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2418 goto delmaster_out; 2419 } 2420 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2421 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2422 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2423 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2424 2425 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2426 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2427 int exists; 2428 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2429 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2430 goto delmaster_out; 2431 } 2432 if( exists ){ 2433 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2434 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2435 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2436 */ 2437 int c; 2438 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2439 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2440 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2441 goto delmaster_out; 2442 } 2443 2444 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2445 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2446 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2447 goto delmaster_out; 2448 } 2449 2450 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2451 if( c ){ 2452 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2453 goto delmaster_out; 2454 } 2455 } 2456 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2457 } 2458 2459 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2460 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2461 2462 delmaster_out: 2463 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2464 if( pMaster ){ 2465 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2466 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2467 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2468 } 2469 return rc; 2470 } 2471 2472 2473 /* 2474 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2475 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2476 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2477 ** 2478 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2479 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2480 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2481 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2482 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2483 ** 2484 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2485 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2486 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2487 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2488 ** the end of the new file instead. 2489 ** 2490 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2491 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2492 */ 2493 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2494 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2495 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2496 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2497 2498 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2499 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2500 ){ 2501 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2502 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2503 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2504 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2505 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2506 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2507 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2508 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2509 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2510 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2511 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2512 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2513 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2514 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2515 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2516 } 2517 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2518 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2519 } 2520 } 2521 } 2522 return rc; 2523 } 2524 2525 /* 2526 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2527 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2528 */ 2529 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2530 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2531 if( iRet<32 ){ 2532 iRet = 512; 2533 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2534 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2535 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2536 } 2537 return iRet; 2538 } 2539 2540 /* 2541 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2542 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2543 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 2544 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2545 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2546 ** 2547 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2548 ** 2549 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2550 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2551 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2552 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2553 ** 2554 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2555 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2556 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2557 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2558 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2559 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2560 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2561 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2562 */ 2563 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2564 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2565 2566 if( pPager->tempFile 2567 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2568 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2569 ){ 2570 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2571 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2572 ** call will segfault. */ 2573 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2574 }else{ 2575 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2576 } 2577 } 2578 2579 /* 2580 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2581 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2582 ** 2583 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2584 ** 2585 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2586 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2587 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2588 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2589 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2590 ** sanity checksum. 2591 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2592 ** database to during a rollback. 2593 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2594 ** is this many bytes in size. 2595 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2596 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2597 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2598 ** + 4 byte page number. 2599 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2600 ** + 4 byte checksum 2601 ** 2602 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2603 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2604 ** 2605 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2606 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2607 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2608 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2609 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2610 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2611 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2612 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2613 ** 2614 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2615 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2616 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2617 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2618 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2619 ** 2620 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2621 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2622 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2623 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2624 ** been encountered. 2625 ** 2626 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2627 ** and an error code is returned. 2628 ** 2629 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2630 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2631 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2632 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2633 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2634 ** needed. 2635 */ 2636 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2637 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2638 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2639 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2640 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2641 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2642 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2643 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2644 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2645 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2646 2647 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2648 ** the journal is empty. 2649 */ 2650 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2651 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2652 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2653 goto end_playback; 2654 } 2655 2656 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2657 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2658 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2659 ** played back. 2660 ** 2661 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2662 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2663 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2664 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2665 ** for pageSize. 2666 */ 2667 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2668 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2669 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2670 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2671 } 2672 zMaster = 0; 2673 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2674 goto end_playback; 2675 } 2676 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2677 needPagerReset = isHot; 2678 2679 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2680 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2681 ** occurs. 2682 */ 2683 while( 1 ){ 2684 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2685 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2686 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2687 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2688 */ 2689 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2690 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2691 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2692 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2693 } 2694 goto end_playback; 2695 } 2696 2697 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2698 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2699 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2700 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2701 */ 2702 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2703 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2704 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2705 } 2706 2707 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2708 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2709 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2710 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2711 ** size of the file. 2712 ** 2713 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2714 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2715 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2716 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2717 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2718 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2719 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2720 */ 2721 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2722 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2723 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2724 } 2725 2726 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2727 ** database file back to its original size. 2728 */ 2729 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2730 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2731 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2732 goto end_playback; 2733 } 2734 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2735 } 2736 2737 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2738 ** database file and/or page cache. 2739 */ 2740 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2741 if( needPagerReset ){ 2742 pager_reset(pPager); 2743 needPagerReset = 0; 2744 } 2745 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2746 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2747 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2748 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2749 break; 2750 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2751 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2752 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2753 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2754 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2755 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2756 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2757 goto end_playback; 2758 }else{ 2759 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2760 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2761 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2762 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2763 */ 2764 goto end_playback; 2765 } 2766 } 2767 } 2768 } 2769 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2770 assert( 0 ); 2771 2772 end_playback: 2773 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2774 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2775 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2776 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2777 */ 2778 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2779 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2780 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2781 } 2782 #endif 2783 2784 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2785 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2786 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2787 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2788 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2789 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2790 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2791 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2792 */ 2793 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2794 2795 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2796 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2797 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2798 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2799 } 2800 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2801 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2802 ){ 2803 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager); 2804 } 2805 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2806 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2807 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2808 } 2809 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2810 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2811 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2812 */ 2813 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2814 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2815 } 2816 2817 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2818 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2819 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2820 */ 2821 setSectorSize(pPager); 2822 return rc; 2823 } 2824 2825 2826 /* 2827 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2828 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2829 ** file before this function is called. 2830 ** 2831 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2832 ** the value read from the database file. 2833 ** 2834 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2835 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2836 */ 2837 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 2838 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2839 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2840 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2841 int isInWal = 0; /* True if page is in log file */ 2842 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2843 2844 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2845 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2846 2847 if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 2848 assert( pPager->tempFile ); 2849 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 2850 return SQLITE_OK; 2851 } 2852 2853 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2854 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2855 rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2856 } 2857 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){ 2858 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2859 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2860 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2861 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2862 } 2863 } 2864 2865 if( pgno==1 ){ 2866 if( rc ){ 2867 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2868 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2869 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2870 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2871 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2872 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2873 ** 2874 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2875 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2876 ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2877 ** we should still be ok. 2878 */ 2879 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2880 }else{ 2881 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2882 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2883 } 2884 } 2885 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); 2886 2887 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2888 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2889 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2890 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2891 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2892 2893 return rc; 2894 } 2895 2896 /* 2897 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 2898 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 2899 ** 2900 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 2901 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 2902 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 2903 */ 2904 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 2905 u32 change_counter; 2906 2907 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 2908 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 2909 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 2910 2911 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 2912 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 2913 ** is valid. */ 2914 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 2915 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 2916 } 2917 2918 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2919 /* 2920 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 2921 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 2922 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 2923 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 2924 ** 2925 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 2926 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 2927 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 2928 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 2929 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 2930 */ 2931 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 2932 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2933 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 2934 PgHdr *pPg; 2935 2936 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 2937 if( pPg ){ 2938 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 2939 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 2940 }else{ 2941 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 2942 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2943 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2944 } 2945 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); 2946 } 2947 } 2948 2949 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 2950 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 2951 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 2952 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 2953 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 2954 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 2955 ** the backups must be restarted. 2956 */ 2957 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 2958 2959 return rc; 2960 } 2961 2962 /* 2963 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 2964 */ 2965 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 2966 int rc; /* Return Code */ 2967 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 2968 2969 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 2970 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 2971 ** following: 2972 ** 2973 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 2974 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 2975 */ 2976 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 2977 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 2978 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 2979 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2980 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 2981 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 2982 pList = pNext; 2983 } 2984 2985 return rc; 2986 } 2987 2988 /* 2989 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 2990 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 2991 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 2992 ** changed. 2993 ** 2994 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 2995 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 2996 */ 2997 static int pagerWalFrames( 2998 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 2999 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3000 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3001 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3002 ){ 3003 int rc; /* Return code */ 3004 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3005 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) 3006 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3007 #endif 3008 3009 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3010 assert( pList ); 3011 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3012 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3013 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3014 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3015 } 3016 #endif 3017 3018 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3019 if( isCommit ){ 3020 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3021 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3022 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3023 ** list here. */ 3024 PgHdr *p; 3025 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3026 nList = 0; 3027 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3028 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3029 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3030 nList++; 3031 } 3032 } 3033 assert( pList ); 3034 }else{ 3035 nList = 1; 3036 } 3037 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3038 3039 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3040 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3041 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3042 ); 3043 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3044 PgHdr *p; 3045 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3046 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3047 } 3048 } 3049 3050 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3051 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3052 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3053 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3054 } 3055 #endif 3056 3057 return rc; 3058 } 3059 3060 /* 3061 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3062 ** 3063 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3064 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3065 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3066 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3067 */ 3068 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3069 int rc; /* Return code */ 3070 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3071 3072 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3073 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3074 3075 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3076 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3077 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3078 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3079 */ 3080 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3081 3082 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3083 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3084 pager_reset(pPager); 3085 } 3086 3087 return rc; 3088 } 3089 #endif 3090 3091 /* 3092 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3093 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3094 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3095 ** 3096 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3097 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3098 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3099 */ 3100 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3101 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3102 3103 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3104 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3105 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3106 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3107 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3108 */ 3109 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3110 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3111 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3112 3113 /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system, 3114 ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size 3115 ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size, 3116 ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0 3117 ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page. 3118 */ 3119 if( nPage==0 ){ 3120 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3121 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3122 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3123 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3124 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3125 return rc; 3126 } 3127 } 3128 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3129 } 3130 3131 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3132 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3133 ** that the file can be read. 3134 */ 3135 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3136 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3137 } 3138 3139 *pnPage = nPage; 3140 return SQLITE_OK; 3141 } 3142 3143 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3144 /* 3145 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3146 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3147 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3148 ** 3149 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3150 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3151 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3152 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3153 ** 3154 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3155 ** 3156 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3157 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3158 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3159 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3160 ** other connection. 3161 */ 3162 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3163 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3164 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3165 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3166 3167 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3168 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3169 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3170 3171 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3172 if( rc ) return rc; 3173 if( nPage==0 ){ 3174 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3175 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3176 isWal = 0; 3177 }else{ 3178 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3179 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3180 ); 3181 } 3182 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3183 if( isWal ){ 3184 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3185 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3186 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3187 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3188 } 3189 } 3190 } 3191 return rc; 3192 } 3193 #endif 3194 3195 /* 3196 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3197 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3198 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3199 ** savepoint. 3200 ** 3201 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3202 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3203 ** performed in the order specified: 3204 ** 3205 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3206 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3207 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3208 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3209 ** 3210 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3211 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3212 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3213 ** 3214 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3215 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3216 ** the journal file. 3217 ** 3218 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3219 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3220 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3221 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3222 ** 3223 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3224 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3225 ** 3226 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3227 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3228 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3229 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3230 */ 3231 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3232 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3233 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3234 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3235 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3236 3237 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3238 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3239 3240 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3241 if( pSavepoint ){ 3242 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3243 if( !pDone ){ 3244 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3245 } 3246 } 3247 3248 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3249 ** being reverted was opened. 3250 */ 3251 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3252 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3253 3254 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3255 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3256 } 3257 3258 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3259 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3260 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3261 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3262 */ 3263 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3264 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3265 3266 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3267 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3268 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3269 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3270 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3271 ** are played back. 3272 */ 3273 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3274 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3275 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3276 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3277 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3278 } 3279 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3280 }else{ 3281 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3282 } 3283 3284 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3285 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3286 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3287 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3288 */ 3289 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3290 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3291 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3292 u32 dummy; 3293 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3294 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3295 3296 /* 3297 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3298 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3299 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3300 */ 3301 if( nJRec==0 3302 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3303 ){ 3304 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3305 } 3306 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3307 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3308 } 3309 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3310 } 3311 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3312 3313 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3314 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3315 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3316 */ 3317 if( pSavepoint ){ 3318 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3319 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3320 3321 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3322 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3323 } 3324 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3325 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3326 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3327 } 3328 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3329 } 3330 3331 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3332 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3333 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3334 } 3335 3336 return rc; 3337 } 3338 3339 /* 3340 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. 3341 */ 3342 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3343 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3344 } 3345 3346 /* 3347 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3348 */ 3349 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3350 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3351 } 3352 3353 /* 3354 ** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes 3355 ** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing 3356 ** the rollback journal. There are three levels: 3357 ** 3358 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3359 ** for temporary and transient files. 3360 ** 3361 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3362 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3363 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3364 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3365 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3366 ** when it is rolled back. 3367 ** 3368 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3369 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3370 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3371 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3372 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3373 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3374 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3375 ** 3376 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3377 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3378 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3379 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3380 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3381 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3382 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3383 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. 3384 ** 3385 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3386 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3387 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3388 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3389 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3390 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3391 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3392 ** 3393 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3394 ** and FULL=3. 3395 */ 3396 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3397 void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel( 3398 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3399 int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */ 3400 int bFullFsync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync */ 3401 int bCkptFullFsync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */ 3402 ){ 3403 assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); 3404 pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3405 pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3406 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3407 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3408 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3409 }else if( bFullFsync ){ 3410 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3411 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3412 }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){ 3413 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3414 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3415 }else{ 3416 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3417 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3418 } 3419 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3420 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3421 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3422 } 3423 } 3424 #endif 3425 3426 /* 3427 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3428 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3429 ** testing and analysis only. 3430 */ 3431 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3432 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3433 #endif 3434 3435 /* 3436 ** Open a temporary file. 3437 ** 3438 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3439 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3440 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3441 ** 3442 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3443 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3444 ** 3445 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3446 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3447 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3448 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3449 */ 3450 static int pagerOpentemp( 3451 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3452 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3453 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3454 ){ 3455 int rc; /* Return code */ 3456 3457 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3458 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3459 #endif 3460 3461 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3462 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3463 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3464 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3465 return rc; 3466 } 3467 3468 /* 3469 ** Set the busy handler function. 3470 ** 3471 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3472 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3473 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3474 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3475 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3476 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3477 ** 3478 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3479 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3480 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3481 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3482 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3483 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3484 ** 3485 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3486 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3487 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3488 */ 3489 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3490 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3491 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3492 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3493 ){ 3494 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3495 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3496 3497 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3498 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3499 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3500 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3501 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3502 } 3503 } 3504 3505 /* 3506 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3507 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3508 ** 3509 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3510 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3511 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3512 ** 3513 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3514 ** 3515 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3516 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3517 ** 3518 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3519 ** 3520 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3521 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3522 ** 3523 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3524 ** 3525 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3526 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3527 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3528 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3529 ** 3530 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3531 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3532 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3533 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3534 */ 3535 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3536 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3537 3538 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3539 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3540 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3541 ** 3542 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3543 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3544 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3545 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3546 */ 3547 3548 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3549 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3550 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3551 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3552 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3553 ){ 3554 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3555 i64 nByte = 0; 3556 3557 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3558 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3559 } 3560 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3561 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3562 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 3563 } 3564 3565 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3566 pager_reset(pPager); 3567 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3568 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3569 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3570 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3571 sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3572 } 3573 } 3574 3575 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3576 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3577 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3578 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3579 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3580 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3581 } 3582 return rc; 3583 } 3584 3585 /* 3586 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3587 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3588 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3589 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3590 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3591 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3592 */ 3593 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3594 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3595 } 3596 3597 /* 3598 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3599 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3600 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3601 ** 3602 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3603 */ 3604 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3605 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3606 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3607 } 3608 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3609 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3610 return pPager->mxPgno; 3611 } 3612 3613 /* 3614 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3615 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3616 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3617 ** 3618 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3619 ** and generate no code. 3620 */ 3621 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3622 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3623 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3624 static int saved_cnt; 3625 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3626 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3627 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3628 } 3629 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3630 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3631 } 3632 #else 3633 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3634 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3635 #endif 3636 3637 /* 3638 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3639 ** that pDest points to. 3640 ** 3641 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3642 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3643 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3644 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3645 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3646 ** 3647 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3648 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3649 ** output buffer undefined. 3650 */ 3651 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3652 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3653 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3654 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3655 3656 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3657 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3658 ** to WAL mode yet. 3659 */ 3660 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3661 3662 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3663 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3664 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3665 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3666 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3667 } 3668 } 3669 return rc; 3670 } 3671 3672 /* 3673 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3674 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3675 ** 3676 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3677 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3678 */ 3679 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3680 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3681 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3682 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3683 } 3684 3685 3686 /* 3687 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3688 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3689 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3690 ** 3691 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3692 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3693 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3694 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3695 ** 3696 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3697 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3698 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3699 */ 3700 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3701 int rc; /* Return code */ 3702 3703 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3704 ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler 3705 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3706 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3707 */ 3708 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3709 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3710 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3711 ); 3712 3713 do { 3714 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3715 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3716 return rc; 3717 } 3718 3719 /* 3720 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3721 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3722 ** 3723 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3724 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3725 ** 3726 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3727 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3728 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3729 ** 3730 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3731 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3732 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3733 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3734 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3735 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3736 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3737 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3738 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3739 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3740 */ 3741 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3742 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3743 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3744 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3745 } 3746 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3747 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3748 } 3749 #else 3750 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3751 #endif 3752 3753 /* 3754 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3755 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3756 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3757 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3758 ** 3759 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3760 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3761 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3762 ** then continue writing to the database. 3763 */ 3764 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3765 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3766 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3767 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3768 3769 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3770 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3771 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3772 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3773 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3774 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3775 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3776 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3777 ** is no longer correct. */ 3778 } 3779 3780 3781 /* 3782 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3783 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3784 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3785 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3786 ** 3787 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3788 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3789 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3790 ** content as this process. 3791 ** 3792 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3793 ** an SQLite error code. 3794 */ 3795 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3796 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3797 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3798 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3799 } 3800 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3801 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3802 } 3803 return rc; 3804 } 3805 3806 /* 3807 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 3808 ** 3809 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 3810 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 3811 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 3812 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 3813 ** result in a coredump. 3814 ** 3815 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 3816 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 3817 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 3818 ** to the caller. 3819 */ 3820 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ 3821 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 3822 3823 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 3824 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 3825 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 3826 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 3827 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 3828 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3829 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); 3830 pPager->pWal = 0; 3831 #endif 3832 pager_reset(pPager); 3833 if( MEMDB ){ 3834 pager_unlock(pPager); 3835 }else{ 3836 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 3837 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 3838 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 3839 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 3840 ** 3841 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 3842 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 3843 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 3844 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 3845 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 3846 */ 3847 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 3848 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 3849 } 3850 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 3851 } 3852 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 3853 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 3854 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 3855 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 3856 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 3857 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 3858 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 3859 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 3860 3861 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 3862 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 3863 #endif 3864 3865 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 3866 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 3867 3868 sqlite3_free(pPager); 3869 return SQLITE_OK; 3870 } 3871 3872 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 3873 /* 3874 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 3875 */ 3876 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 3877 return pPg->pgno; 3878 } 3879 #endif 3880 3881 /* 3882 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 3883 */ 3884 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 3885 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 3886 } 3887 3888 /* 3889 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 3890 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 3891 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 3892 ** 3893 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 3894 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 3895 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 3896 ** 3897 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 3898 ** be taken. 3899 ** 3900 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 3901 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 3902 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 3903 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 3904 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 3905 ** 3906 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 3907 ** journal file is synced. 3908 ** 3909 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 3910 ** 3911 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 3912 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 3913 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 3914 ** <update nRec field> 3915 ** } 3916 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 3917 ** } 3918 ** 3919 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 3920 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 3921 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 3922 */ 3923 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 3924 int rc; /* Return code */ 3925 3926 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3927 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 3928 ); 3929 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 3930 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3931 3932 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 3933 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 3934 3935 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3936 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 3937 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 3938 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 3939 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 3940 3941 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 3942 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 3943 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 3944 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 3945 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 3946 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 3947 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 3948 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 3949 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 3950 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 3951 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 3952 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 3953 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 3954 ** 3955 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 3956 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 3957 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 3958 ** 3959 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 3960 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 3961 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 3962 ** the potential journal header. 3963 */ 3964 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 3965 u8 aMagic[8]; 3966 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 3967 3968 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 3969 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 3970 3971 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 3972 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 3973 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 3974 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 3975 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 3976 } 3977 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3978 return rc; 3979 } 3980 3981 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 3982 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 3983 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 3984 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 3985 ** 3986 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 3987 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 3988 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 3989 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 3990 ** and never needs to be updated. 3991 */ 3992 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 3993 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 3994 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 3995 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 3996 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 3997 } 3998 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 3999 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4000 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4001 ); 4002 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4003 } 4004 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4005 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4006 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4007 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4008 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4009 ); 4010 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4011 } 4012 4013 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4014 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4015 pPager->nRec = 0; 4016 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4017 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4018 } 4019 }else{ 4020 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4021 } 4022 } 4023 4024 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4025 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4026 ** all pages. 4027 */ 4028 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4029 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4030 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4031 return SQLITE_OK; 4032 } 4033 4034 /* 4035 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4036 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4037 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4038 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4039 ** a no-op. 4040 ** 4041 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4042 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4043 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4044 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4045 ** 4046 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4047 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4048 ** written out. 4049 ** 4050 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4051 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4052 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4053 ** 4054 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4055 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4056 ** 4057 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4058 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4059 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4060 ** the database file. 4061 ** 4062 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4063 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4064 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4065 */ 4066 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4067 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4068 4069 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4070 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4071 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4072 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4073 4074 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4075 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4076 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4077 */ 4078 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4079 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4080 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4081 } 4082 4083 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4084 ** file size will be. 4085 */ 4086 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4087 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){ 4088 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4089 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4090 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4091 } 4092 4093 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4094 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4095 4096 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4097 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4098 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4099 ** any such pages to the file. 4100 ** 4101 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4102 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4103 */ 4104 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4105 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4106 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4107 4108 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4109 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4110 4111 /* Encode the database */ 4112 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); 4113 4114 /* Write out the page data. */ 4115 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4116 4117 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4118 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4119 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4120 */ 4121 if( pgno==1 ){ 4122 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4123 } 4124 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4125 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4126 } 4127 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4128 4129 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4130 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4131 4132 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4133 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4134 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4135 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4136 }else{ 4137 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4138 } 4139 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4140 pList = pList->pDirty; 4141 } 4142 4143 return rc; 4144 } 4145 4146 /* 4147 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4148 ** function is a no-op. 4149 ** 4150 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4151 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4152 ** fails. 4153 */ 4154 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4155 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4156 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4157 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4158 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); 4159 }else{ 4160 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); 4161 } 4162 } 4163 return rc; 4164 } 4165 4166 /* 4167 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4168 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check 4169 ** that it is really required before calling this function. 4170 ** 4171 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4172 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4173 ** 4174 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4175 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4176 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4177 ** bitvec. 4178 */ 4179 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4180 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4181 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4182 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4183 4184 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4185 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4186 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4187 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4188 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4189 || pageInJournal(pPg) 4190 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4191 ); 4192 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4193 4194 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4195 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4196 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4197 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4198 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4199 char *pData2; 4200 4201 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 4202 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4203 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4204 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4205 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4206 } 4207 } 4208 } 4209 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4210 pPager->nSubRec++; 4211 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4212 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4213 } 4214 return rc; 4215 } 4216 4217 /* 4218 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4219 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4220 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4221 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4222 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4223 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4224 ** argument. 4225 ** 4226 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4227 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4228 ** journal file. 4229 ** 4230 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4231 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4232 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4233 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4234 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4235 */ 4236 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4237 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4238 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4239 4240 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4241 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4242 4243 /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of 4244 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4245 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4246 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4247 ** 4248 ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether 4249 ** or not a sync is required. This is set during a rollback. 4250 ** 4251 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4252 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it 4253 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1 4254 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4255 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4256 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4257 */ 4258 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4259 if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK; 4260 if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){ 4261 return SQLITE_OK; 4262 } 4263 4264 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4265 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4266 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4267 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4268 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 4269 } 4270 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4271 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4272 } 4273 }else{ 4274 4275 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4276 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4277 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4278 ){ 4279 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4280 } 4281 4282 /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of 4283 ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. 4284 ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not 4285 ** actually write data to the file in this case. 4286 ** 4287 ** Consider the following sequence of events: 4288 ** 4289 ** BEGIN; 4290 ** <journal page X> 4291 ** <modify page X> 4292 ** SAVEPOINT sp; 4293 ** <shrink database file to Y pages> 4294 ** pagerStress(page X) 4295 ** ROLLBACK TO sp; 4296 ** 4297 ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written 4298 ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, 4299 ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read 4300 ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it 4301 ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" 4302 ** was executed. 4303 ** 4304 ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the 4305 ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will 4306 ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is 4307 ** executed. 4308 */ 4309 if( NEVER( 4310 rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) 4311 ) ){ 4312 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 4313 } 4314 4315 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4316 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4317 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4318 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4319 } 4320 } 4321 4322 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4323 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4324 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4325 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4326 } 4327 4328 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4329 } 4330 4331 4332 /* 4333 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4334 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4335 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4336 ** 4337 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4338 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4339 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4340 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4341 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4342 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4343 ** 4344 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4345 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4346 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. 4347 ** 4348 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4349 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4350 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4351 ** 4352 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4353 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4354 ** 4355 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4356 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4357 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4358 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4359 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4360 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4361 */ 4362 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4363 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4364 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4365 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4366 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4367 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4368 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4369 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4370 ){ 4371 u8 *pPtr; 4372 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4373 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4374 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4375 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4376 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4377 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4378 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4379 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4380 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4381 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4382 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4383 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4384 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4385 4386 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4387 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This 4388 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 4389 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" 4390 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal 4391 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 4392 ** source file journal.c). 4393 */ 4394 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ 4395 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4396 }else{ 4397 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); 4398 } 4399 4400 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4401 *ppPager = 0; 4402 4403 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4404 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4405 memDb = 1; 4406 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4407 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4408 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4409 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4410 zFilename = 0; 4411 } 4412 } 4413 #endif 4414 4415 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4416 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4417 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4418 */ 4419 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4420 const char *z; 4421 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4422 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4423 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4424 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4425 } 4426 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4427 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4428 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4429 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4430 while( *z ){ 4431 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4432 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4433 } 4434 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4435 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4436 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4437 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4438 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4439 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4440 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4441 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4442 */ 4443 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4444 } 4445 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4446 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4447 return rc; 4448 } 4449 } 4450 4451 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4452 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4453 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4454 ** 4455 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4456 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4457 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4458 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4459 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4460 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4461 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4462 */ 4463 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4464 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4465 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4466 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4467 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4468 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4469 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4470 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4471 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4472 #endif 4473 ); 4474 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4475 if( !pPtr ){ 4476 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4477 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4478 } 4479 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4480 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4481 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4482 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4483 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4484 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4485 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4486 4487 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4488 if( zPathname ){ 4489 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4490 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4491 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4492 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4493 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4494 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4495 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4496 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4497 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4498 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4499 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4500 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4501 #endif 4502 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4503 } 4504 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4505 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4506 4507 /* Open the pager file. 4508 */ 4509 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4510 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4511 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4512 assert( !memDb ); 4513 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4514 4515 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4516 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4517 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4518 ** 4519 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4520 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4521 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4522 */ 4523 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){ 4524 setSectorSize(pPager); 4525 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4526 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4527 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4528 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4529 }else{ 4530 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4531 } 4532 } 4533 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4534 { 4535 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4536 int ii; 4537 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4538 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4539 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4540 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4541 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4542 szPageDflt = ii; 4543 } 4544 } 4545 } 4546 #endif 4547 } 4548 }else{ 4549 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4550 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4551 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4552 ** 4553 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4554 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4555 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4556 */ 4557 tempFile = 1; 4558 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 4559 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; 4560 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4561 } 4562 4563 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4564 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4565 */ 4566 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4567 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4568 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4569 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4570 } 4571 4572 /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 4573 ** Pager structure and close the file. 4574 */ 4575 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4576 assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace ); 4577 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4578 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4579 return rc; 4580 } 4581 4582 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4583 assert( nExtra<1000 ); 4584 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4585 sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4586 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4587 4588 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4589 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4590 4591 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4592 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4593 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4594 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4595 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4596 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4597 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4598 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4599 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4600 #if 0 4601 assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) ); 4602 #endif 4603 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4604 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4605 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4606 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4607 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4608 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4609 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4610 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4611 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4612 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4613 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4614 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4615 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4616 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4617 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4618 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4619 }else{ 4620 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4621 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4622 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4623 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4624 } 4625 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4626 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4627 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4628 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4629 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4630 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4631 setSectorSize(pPager); 4632 if( !useJournal ){ 4633 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4634 }else if( memDb ){ 4635 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4636 } 4637 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4638 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4639 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4640 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4641 4642 *ppPager = pPager; 4643 return SQLITE_OK; 4644 } 4645 4646 4647 4648 /* 4649 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4650 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4651 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4652 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4653 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4654 ** 4655 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4656 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4657 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4658 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4659 ** 4660 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4661 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4662 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4663 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4664 ** is returned. 4665 ** 4666 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4667 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4668 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4669 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4670 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4671 ** will not roll it back. 4672 ** 4673 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4674 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4675 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4676 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4677 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4678 */ 4679 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4680 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4681 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4682 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4683 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4684 4685 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4686 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4687 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4688 4689 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4690 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4691 )); 4692 4693 *pExists = 0; 4694 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4695 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4696 } 4697 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4698 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4699 4700 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4701 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4702 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4703 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4704 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4705 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4706 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4707 */ 4708 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4709 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4710 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4711 4712 /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages, 4713 ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for 4714 ** the reasoning here. Delete the obsolete journal file under 4715 ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating 4716 ** [H33020]. 4717 */ 4718 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4719 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4720 if( nPage==0 ){ 4721 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4722 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 4723 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 4724 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4725 } 4726 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4727 }else{ 4728 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 4729 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 4730 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 4731 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 4732 ** it can be ignored. 4733 */ 4734 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4735 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4736 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 4737 } 4738 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4739 u8 first = 0; 4740 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 4741 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4742 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4743 } 4744 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4745 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4746 } 4747 *pExists = (first!=0); 4748 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 4749 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 4750 ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 4751 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 4752 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 4753 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 4754 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 4755 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 4756 ** worry so much with race conditions. 4757 */ 4758 *pExists = 1; 4759 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4760 } 4761 } 4762 } 4763 } 4764 } 4765 4766 return rc; 4767 } 4768 4769 /* 4770 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 4771 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function 4772 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 4773 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 4774 ** 4775 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 4776 ** 4777 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 4778 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 4779 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 4780 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 4781 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 4782 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 4783 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 4784 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 4785 ** 4786 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 4787 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 4788 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 4789 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 4790 ** file. 4791 ** 4792 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4793 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 4794 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 4795 */ 4796 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 4797 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4798 4799 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 4800 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 4801 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 4802 ** exclusive access mode. 4803 */ 4804 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 4805 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4806 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 4807 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } 4808 4809 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 4810 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 4811 4812 assert( !MEMDB ); 4813 4814 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4815 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4816 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 4817 goto failed; 4818 } 4819 4820 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 4821 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 4822 */ 4823 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 4824 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 4825 } 4826 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4827 goto failed; 4828 } 4829 if( bHotJournal ){ 4830 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 4831 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 4832 goto failed; 4833 } 4834 4835 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 4836 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 4837 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 4838 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 4839 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 4840 ** hot-journal back. 4841 ** 4842 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 4843 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 4844 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 4845 ** on the database file. 4846 ** 4847 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 4848 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 4849 */ 4850 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 4851 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4852 goto failed; 4853 } 4854 4855 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 4856 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 4857 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 4858 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 4859 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 4860 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 4861 ** 4862 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 4863 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 4864 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 4865 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 4866 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 4867 */ 4868 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4869 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4870 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 4871 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 4872 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 4873 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 4874 int fout = 0; 4875 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4876 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4877 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 4878 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4879 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 4880 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4881 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4882 } 4883 } 4884 } 4885 4886 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 4887 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 4888 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 4889 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 4890 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 4891 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 4892 ** the journal before playing it back. 4893 */ 4894 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4895 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4896 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 4897 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4898 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); 4899 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 4900 } 4901 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 4902 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4903 } 4904 4905 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4906 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 4907 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 4908 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 4909 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 4910 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 4911 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 4912 ** 4913 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 4914 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 4915 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 4916 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 4917 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 4918 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 4919 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 4920 ** references. 4921 */ 4922 pager_error(pPager, rc); 4923 goto failed; 4924 } 4925 4926 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4927 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 4928 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 4929 ); 4930 } 4931 4932 if( !pPager->tempFile 4933 && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0) 4934 ){ 4935 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file 4936 ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous 4937 ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database 4938 ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the 4939 ** cache. 4940 ** 4941 ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 4942 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 4943 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 4944 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 4945 ** a codec is in use. 4946 ** 4947 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 4948 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 4949 ** it can be neglected. 4950 */ 4951 Pgno nPage = 0; 4952 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 4953 4954 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4955 if( rc ) goto failed; 4956 4957 if( nPage>0 ){ 4958 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 4959 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 4960 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4961 goto failed; 4962 } 4963 }else{ 4964 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 4965 } 4966 4967 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 4968 pager_reset(pPager); 4969 } 4970 } 4971 4972 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 4973 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 4974 */ 4975 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 4976 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4977 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4978 #endif 4979 } 4980 4981 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4982 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4983 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 4984 } 4985 4986 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4987 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 4988 } 4989 4990 failed: 4991 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4992 assert( !MEMDB ); 4993 pager_unlock(pPager); 4994 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4995 }else{ 4996 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 4997 } 4998 return rc; 4999 } 5000 5001 /* 5002 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5003 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5004 ** 5005 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5006 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5007 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5008 */ 5009 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5010 if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5011 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5012 } 5013 } 5014 5015 /* 5016 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page 5017 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 5018 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5019 ** 5020 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5021 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5022 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5023 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5024 ** object with no outstanding references. 5025 ** 5026 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5027 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5028 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5029 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5030 ** 5031 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 5032 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 5033 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5034 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5035 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5036 ** 5037 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents 5038 ** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios: 5039 ** 5040 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5041 ** 5042 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5043 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5044 ** from the savepoint journal. 5045 ** 5046 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of 5047 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5048 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5049 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5050 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5051 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5052 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5053 ** 5054 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5055 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5056 ** 5057 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5058 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5059 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5060 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5061 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5062 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5063 ** or journal files. 5064 */ 5065 int sqlite3PagerAcquire( 5066 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5067 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5068 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5069 int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ 5070 ){ 5071 int rc; 5072 PgHdr *pPg; 5073 5074 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5075 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5076 5077 if( pgno==0 ){ 5078 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5079 } 5080 5081 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 5082 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ 5083 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5084 rc = pPager->errCode; 5085 }else{ 5086 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage); 5087 } 5088 5089 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5090 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the 5091 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. 5092 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ 5093 pPg = 0; 5094 goto pager_acquire_err; 5095 } 5096 assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); 5097 assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 ); 5098 5099 if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){ 5100 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5101 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5102 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5103 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5104 return SQLITE_OK; 5105 5106 }else{ 5107 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5108 ** be initialized. */ 5109 5110 pPg = *ppPage; 5111 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5112 5113 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page 5114 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ 5115 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5116 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5117 goto pager_acquire_err; 5118 } 5119 5120 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 5121 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5122 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5123 goto pager_acquire_err; 5124 } 5125 if( noContent ){ 5126 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5127 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5128 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5129 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5130 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5131 */ 5132 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5133 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5134 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5135 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5136 } 5137 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5138 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5139 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5140 } 5141 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5142 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5143 }else{ 5144 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5145 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5146 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 5147 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5148 goto pager_acquire_err; 5149 } 5150 } 5151 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5152 } 5153 5154 return SQLITE_OK; 5155 5156 pager_acquire_err: 5157 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5158 if( pPg ){ 5159 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5160 } 5161 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5162 5163 *ppPage = 0; 5164 return rc; 5165 } 5166 5167 /* 5168 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5169 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5170 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5171 ** 5172 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5173 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5174 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5175 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5176 ** has ever happened. 5177 */ 5178 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5179 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5180 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5181 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5182 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5183 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 5184 sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); 5185 return pPg; 5186 } 5187 5188 /* 5189 ** Release a page reference. 5190 ** 5191 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5192 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5193 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5194 ** removed. 5195 */ 5196 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5197 if( pPg ){ 5198 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5199 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5200 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5201 } 5202 } 5203 5204 /* 5205 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5206 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5207 ** file when this routine is called. 5208 ** 5209 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5210 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5211 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5212 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5213 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5214 ** 5215 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5216 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5217 ** already open file. 5218 ** 5219 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5220 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5221 ** 5222 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5223 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5224 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5225 */ 5226 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5227 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5228 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5229 5230 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5231 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5232 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5233 5234 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5235 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5236 ** an error state. */ 5237 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5238 5239 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5240 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5241 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5242 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 5243 } 5244 5245 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5246 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5247 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5248 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5249 }else{ 5250 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ 5251 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| 5252 (pPager->tempFile ? 5253 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): 5254 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) 5255 ); 5256 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5257 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( 5258 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 5259 ); 5260 #else 5261 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); 5262 #endif 5263 } 5264 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5265 } 5266 5267 5268 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5269 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5270 */ 5271 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5272 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5273 pPager->nRec = 0; 5274 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5275 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5276 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5277 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5278 } 5279 } 5280 5281 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5282 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5283 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5284 }else{ 5285 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5286 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5287 } 5288 5289 return rc; 5290 } 5291 5292 /* 5293 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5294 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5295 ** 5296 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5297 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5298 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5299 ** functions need be called. 5300 ** 5301 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5302 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5303 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5304 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5305 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5306 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5307 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5308 */ 5309 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5310 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5311 5312 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5313 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5314 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5315 5316 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5317 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5318 5319 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5320 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5321 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5322 */ 5323 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5324 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5325 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5326 return rc; 5327 } 5328 sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5329 } 5330 5331 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5332 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5333 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5334 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5335 */ 5336 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5337 }else{ 5338 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5339 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5340 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5341 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5342 */ 5343 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5344 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5345 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5346 } 5347 } 5348 5349 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5350 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5351 ** 5352 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5353 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5354 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5355 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5356 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5357 ** WAL mode. 5358 */ 5359 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5360 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5361 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5362 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5363 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5364 } 5365 5366 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5367 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5368 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5369 } 5370 5371 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5372 return rc; 5373 } 5374 5375 /* 5376 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5377 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5378 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5379 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5380 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5381 */ 5382 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5383 void *pData = pPg->pData; 5384 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5385 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5386 5387 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5388 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5389 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5390 */ 5391 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5392 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5393 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5394 ); 5395 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5396 5397 /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error 5398 ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */ 5399 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5400 5401 /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not 5402 ** writable. But check anyway, just for robustness. */ 5403 if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM; 5404 5405 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5406 5407 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5408 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5409 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5410 ** 5411 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5412 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5413 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5414 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5415 */ 5416 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5417 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5418 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5419 } 5420 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5421 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5422 5423 /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written 5424 ** to the journal then we can return right away. 5425 */ 5426 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5427 if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 5428 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 5429 }else{ 5430 5431 /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an 5432 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to 5433 ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. 5434 */ 5435 if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5436 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5437 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5438 u32 cksum; 5439 char *pData2; 5440 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5441 5442 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5443 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5444 ** that we do not. */ 5445 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5446 5447 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5448 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 5449 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5450 5451 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5452 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5453 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5454 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5455 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5456 ** then corruption may follow. 5457 */ 5458 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5459 5460 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5461 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5462 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5463 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5464 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5465 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5466 5467 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5468 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5469 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5470 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5471 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5472 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5473 5474 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5475 pPager->nRec++; 5476 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5477 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5478 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5479 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5480 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5481 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5482 assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5483 return rc; 5484 } 5485 }else{ 5486 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5487 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5488 } 5489 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5490 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5491 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5492 } 5493 } 5494 5495 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5496 ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that 5497 ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format 5498 ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. 5499 */ 5500 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 5501 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 5502 } 5503 } 5504 5505 /* Update the database size and return. 5506 */ 5507 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5508 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5509 } 5510 return rc; 5511 } 5512 5513 /* 5514 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 5515 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 5516 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 5517 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 5518 ** 5519 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 5520 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 5521 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 5522 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 5523 ** 5524 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 5525 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 5526 */ 5527 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ 5528 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5529 5530 PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; 5531 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5532 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5533 5534 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5535 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 5536 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5537 5538 if( nPagePerSector>1 ){ 5539 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5540 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5541 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5542 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5543 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5544 5545 /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5546 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5547 ** this function. 5548 */ 5549 assert( !MEMDB ); 5550 assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 ); 5551 pPager->doNotSyncSpill++; 5552 5553 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5554 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5555 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5556 */ 5557 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5558 5559 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5560 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5561 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5562 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5563 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5564 }else{ 5565 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5566 } 5567 assert(nPage>0); 5568 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5569 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5570 5571 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5572 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5573 PgHdr *pPage; 5574 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5575 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5576 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); 5577 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5578 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5579 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5580 needSync = 1; 5581 } 5582 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); 5583 } 5584 } 5585 }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5586 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5587 needSync = 1; 5588 } 5589 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); 5590 } 5591 } 5592 5593 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5594 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5595 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5596 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 5597 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 5598 */ 5599 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 5600 assert( !MEMDB ); 5601 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 5602 PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 5603 if( pPage ){ 5604 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5605 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); 5606 } 5607 } 5608 } 5609 5610 assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 ); 5611 pPager->doNotSyncSpill--; 5612 }else{ 5613 rc = pager_write(pDbPage); 5614 } 5615 return rc; 5616 } 5617 5618 /* 5619 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 5620 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 5621 ** to change the content of the page. 5622 */ 5623 #ifndef NDEBUG 5624 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 5625 return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY; 5626 } 5627 #endif 5628 5629 /* 5630 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 5631 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 5632 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 5633 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 5634 ** content no longer matters. 5635 ** 5636 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 5637 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 5638 ** that it does not get written to disk. 5639 ** 5640 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 5641 ** DELETE operations. 5642 */ 5643 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5644 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5645 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 5646 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 5647 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 5648 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 5649 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5650 } 5651 } 5652 5653 /* 5654 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 5655 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 5656 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 5657 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 5658 ** 5659 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 5660 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 5661 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 5662 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 5663 ** 5664 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 5665 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 5666 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 5667 ** transaction is committed. 5668 ** 5669 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 5670 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 5671 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 5672 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 5673 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 5674 */ 5675 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 5676 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5677 5678 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5679 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5680 ); 5681 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5682 5683 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 5684 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 5685 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 5686 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 5687 ** 5688 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 5689 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 5690 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 5691 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 5692 */ 5693 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5694 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 5695 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 5696 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 5697 #else 5698 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 5699 #endif 5700 5701 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 5702 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 5703 5704 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5705 5706 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 5707 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); 5708 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5709 5710 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 5711 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 5712 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 5713 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 5714 */ 5715 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 5716 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 5717 } 5718 5719 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5720 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 5721 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 5722 5723 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 5724 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 5725 const void *zBuf; 5726 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 5727 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); 5728 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5729 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 5730 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 5731 } 5732 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5733 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 5734 } 5735 }else{ 5736 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 /* Release the page reference. */ 5741 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 5742 } 5743 return rc; 5744 } 5745 5746 /* 5747 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 5748 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 5749 ** 5750 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 5751 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 5752 */ 5753 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){ 5754 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5755 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 5756 assert( !MEMDB ); 5757 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 5758 }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 5759 assert( !MEMDB ); 5760 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, 0); 5761 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 5762 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5763 } 5764 } 5765 return rc; 5766 } 5767 5768 /* 5769 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 5770 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 5771 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 5772 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 5773 ** 5774 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 5775 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 5776 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 5777 ** returned. 5778 */ 5779 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 5780 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5781 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5782 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5783 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5784 ); 5785 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5786 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5787 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5788 } 5789 return rc; 5790 } 5791 5792 /* 5793 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 5794 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 5795 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 5796 ** journal (a single database transaction). 5797 ** 5798 ** This routine ensures that: 5799 ** 5800 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 5801 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 5802 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 5803 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 5804 ** * the database file synced. 5805 ** 5806 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 5807 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 5808 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 5809 ** 5810 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 5811 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 5812 ** 5813 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 5814 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 5815 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 5816 ** journal file in this case. 5817 */ 5818 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 5819 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 5820 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 5821 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 5822 ){ 5823 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5824 5825 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5826 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5827 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5828 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 5829 ); 5830 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5831 5832 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 5833 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5834 5835 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 5836 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 5837 5838 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 5839 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 5840 5841 if( MEMDB ){ 5842 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 5843 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 5844 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. 5845 */ 5846 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 5847 }else{ 5848 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5849 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 5850 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 5851 if( pList==0 ){ 5852 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 5853 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 5854 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); 5855 pList = pPageOne; 5856 pList->pDirty = 0; 5857 } 5858 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5859 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 5860 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 5861 } 5862 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 5863 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5864 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 5865 } 5866 }else{ 5867 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 5868 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 5869 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 5870 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 5871 ** 5872 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 5873 ** blocks of size page-size, and 5874 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 5875 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 5876 ** 5877 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 5878 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 5879 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 5880 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 5881 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 5882 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 5883 ** mode. 5884 ** 5885 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 5886 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 5887 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 5888 ** created for this transaction. 5889 */ 5890 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5891 PgHdr *pPg; 5892 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 5893 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 5894 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5895 ); 5896 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 5897 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 5898 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 5899 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 5900 ){ 5901 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 5902 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 5903 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 5904 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 5905 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 5906 */ 5907 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 5908 }else{ 5909 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 5910 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5911 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 5912 } 5913 } 5914 #else 5915 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 5916 #endif 5917 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 5918 5919 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 5920 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 5921 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 5922 */ 5923 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 5924 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 5925 5926 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 5927 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 5928 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 5929 ** 5930 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 5931 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 5932 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 5933 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 5934 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 5935 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 5936 */ 5937 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 5938 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 5939 5940 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 5941 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5942 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 5943 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 5944 } 5945 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 5946 5947 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 5948 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 5949 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 5950 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 5951 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 5952 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 5953 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 5954 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 5955 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 5956 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 5957 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 5958 } 5959 5960 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 5961 if( !noSync ){ 5962 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager); 5963 } 5964 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 5965 } 5966 } 5967 5968 commit_phase_one_exit: 5969 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5970 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 5971 } 5972 return rc; 5973 } 5974 5975 5976 /* 5977 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 5978 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 5979 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 5980 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 5981 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 5982 ** 5983 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 5984 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 5985 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 5986 ** irrevocably committed. 5987 ** 5988 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 5989 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 5990 */ 5991 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 5992 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5993 5994 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 5995 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 5996 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 5997 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5998 5999 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6000 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6001 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6002 ); 6003 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6004 6005 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6006 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6007 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6008 ** 6009 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6010 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6011 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6012 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6013 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6014 ** to drop any locks either. 6015 */ 6016 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6017 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6018 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6019 ){ 6020 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6021 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6022 return SQLITE_OK; 6023 } 6024 6025 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6026 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6027 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6028 } 6029 6030 /* 6031 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6032 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6033 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6034 ** state if an error occurs. 6035 ** 6036 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6037 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6038 ** 6039 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6040 ** 6041 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6042 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6043 ** was opened, and 6044 ** 6045 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6046 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6047 ** 6048 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6049 ** rollback is successful. 6050 ** 6051 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6052 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6053 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6054 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6055 */ 6056 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6057 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6058 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6059 6060 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6061 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6062 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6063 */ 6064 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6065 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6066 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6067 6068 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6069 int rc2; 6070 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6071 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6072 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6073 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6074 int eState = pPager->eState; 6075 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6076 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6077 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6078 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6079 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6080 */ 6081 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6082 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6083 return rc; 6084 } 6085 }else{ 6086 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6087 } 6088 6089 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6090 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL 6091 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR ); 6092 6093 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6094 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6095 */ 6096 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6097 } 6098 6099 /* 6100 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6101 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6102 */ 6103 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6104 return pPager->readOnly; 6105 } 6106 6107 /* 6108 ** Return the number of references to the pager. 6109 */ 6110 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6111 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6112 } 6113 6114 /* 6115 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6116 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6117 */ 6118 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6119 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6120 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6121 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6122 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6123 + pPager->pageSize; 6124 } 6125 6126 /* 6127 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6128 */ 6129 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6130 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6131 } 6132 6133 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6134 /* 6135 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6136 */ 6137 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6138 static int a[11]; 6139 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6140 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6141 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6142 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6143 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6144 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6145 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6146 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6147 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6148 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6149 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6150 return a; 6151 } 6152 #endif 6153 6154 /* 6155 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6156 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6157 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6158 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6159 ** returning. 6160 */ 6161 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6162 6163 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6164 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6165 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6166 ); 6167 6168 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6169 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6170 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6171 6172 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6173 if( reset ){ 6174 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6175 } 6176 } 6177 6178 /* 6179 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. 6180 */ 6181 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6182 return MEMDB; 6183 } 6184 6185 /* 6186 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6187 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6188 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6189 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6190 ** 6191 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6192 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6193 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6194 */ 6195 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6196 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6197 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6198 6199 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6200 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6201 6202 if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ 6203 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6204 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6205 6206 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6207 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6208 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6209 */ 6210 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6211 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6212 ); 6213 if( !aNew ){ 6214 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6215 } 6216 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6217 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6218 6219 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6220 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6221 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6222 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6223 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6224 }else{ 6225 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6226 } 6227 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6228 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6229 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6230 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6231 } 6232 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6233 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6234 } 6235 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6236 } 6237 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6238 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6239 } 6240 6241 return rc; 6242 } 6243 6244 /* 6245 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6246 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6247 ** created savepoint. 6248 ** 6249 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6250 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6251 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6252 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6253 ** 6254 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6255 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6256 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6257 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6258 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6259 ** 6260 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6261 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6262 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6263 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6264 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6265 ** 6266 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6267 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6268 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6269 ** 6270 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6271 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6272 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6273 */ 6274 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6275 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ 6276 6277 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6278 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6279 6280 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6281 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6282 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6283 6284 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6285 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6286 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6287 */ 6288 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6289 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6290 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6291 } 6292 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6293 6294 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6295 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6296 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6297 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6298 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6299 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6300 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6301 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6302 } 6303 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6304 } 6305 } 6306 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6307 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6308 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6309 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6310 */ 6311 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6312 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6313 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6314 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6315 } 6316 } 6317 6318 return rc; 6319 } 6320 6321 /* 6322 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6323 ** 6324 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6325 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6326 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6327 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6328 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6329 ** participate in shared-cache. 6330 */ 6331 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6332 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6333 } 6334 6335 /* 6336 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6337 */ 6338 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6339 return pPager->pVfs; 6340 } 6341 6342 /* 6343 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6344 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6345 ** not yet been opened. 6346 */ 6347 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6348 return pPager->fd; 6349 } 6350 6351 /* 6352 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6353 */ 6354 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6355 return pPager->zJournal; 6356 } 6357 6358 /* 6359 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE 6360 ** if fsync()s are executed normally. 6361 */ 6362 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ 6363 return pPager->noSync; 6364 } 6365 6366 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6367 /* 6368 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6369 */ 6370 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6371 Pager *pPager, 6372 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6373 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6374 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6375 void *pCodec 6376 ){ 6377 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6378 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6379 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6380 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6381 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6382 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6383 } 6384 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6385 return pPager->pCodec; 6386 } 6387 #endif 6388 6389 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6390 /* 6391 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6392 ** 6393 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6394 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6395 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6396 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6397 ** 6398 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6399 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6400 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6401 ** 6402 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6403 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6404 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6405 ** transaction is active). 6406 ** 6407 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6408 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6409 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6410 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6411 ** 6412 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6413 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6414 */ 6415 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6416 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6417 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6418 int rc; /* Return code */ 6419 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6420 6421 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6422 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6423 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6424 ); 6425 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6426 6427 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6428 ** the page we are moving from. 6429 */ 6430 if( MEMDB ){ 6431 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6432 if( rc ) return rc; 6433 } 6434 6435 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6436 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6437 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6438 ** 6439 ** BEGIN; 6440 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6441 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6442 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6443 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6444 ** 6445 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6446 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6447 ** statement were is processed. 6448 ** 6449 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6450 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6451 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6452 */ 6453 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY 6454 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) 6455 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg)) 6456 ){ 6457 return rc; 6458 } 6459 6460 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6461 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6462 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6463 6464 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6465 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6466 ** 6467 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6468 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6469 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6470 */ 6471 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6472 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6473 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6474 pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6475 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6476 } 6477 6478 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6479 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6480 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6481 ** for the page moved there. 6482 */ 6483 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6484 pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); 6485 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6486 if( pPgOld ){ 6487 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6488 if( MEMDB ){ 6489 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 6490 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 6491 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 6492 }else{ 6493 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 6494 } 6495 } 6496 6497 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 6498 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 6499 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6500 6501 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 6502 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 6503 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 6504 */ 6505 if( MEMDB ){ 6506 assert( pPgOld ); 6507 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 6508 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld); 6509 } 6510 6511 if( needSyncPgno ){ 6512 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 6513 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 6514 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 6515 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 6516 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 6517 ** flag. 6518 ** 6519 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 6520 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 6521 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 6522 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 6523 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 6524 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 6525 */ 6526 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 6527 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); 6528 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6529 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6530 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 6531 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 6532 } 6533 return rc; 6534 } 6535 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6536 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 6537 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6538 } 6539 6540 return SQLITE_OK; 6541 } 6542 #endif 6543 6544 /* 6545 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 6546 */ 6547 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 6548 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 6549 return pPg->pData; 6550 } 6551 6552 /* 6553 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 6554 ** allocated along with the specified page. 6555 */ 6556 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 6557 return pPg->pExtra; 6558 } 6559 6560 /* 6561 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 6562 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6563 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 6564 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 6565 ** 6566 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6567 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 6568 ** locking-mode. 6569 */ 6570 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6571 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 6572 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 6573 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 6574 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 6575 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 6576 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 6577 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 6578 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 6579 } 6580 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 6581 } 6582 6583 /* 6584 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 6585 ** 6586 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6587 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6588 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6589 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6590 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 6591 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6592 ** 6593 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 6594 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 6595 ** 6596 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 6597 ** or _MEMORY. 6598 ** 6599 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 6600 ** 6601 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 6602 */ 6603 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6604 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 6605 6606 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6607 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 6608 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 6609 print_pager_state(pPager); 6610 #endif 6611 6612 6613 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 6614 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6615 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6616 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6617 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6618 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6619 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 6620 6621 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 6622 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 6623 ** to WAL mode. 6624 */ 6625 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 6626 6627 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 6628 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 6629 */ 6630 if( MEMDB ){ 6631 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 6632 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 6633 eMode = eOld; 6634 } 6635 } 6636 6637 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 6638 6639 /* Change the journal mode. */ 6640 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 6641 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 6642 6643 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 6644 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 6645 ** delete the journal file. 6646 */ 6647 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 6648 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 6649 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 6650 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 6651 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 6652 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 6653 6654 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 6655 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 6656 6657 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 6658 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 6659 ** here is an optimization only. 6660 ** 6661 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 6662 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 6663 ** while it is in use by some other client. 6664 */ 6665 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6666 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 6667 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 6668 }else{ 6669 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6670 int state = pPager->eState; 6671 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 6672 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 6673 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 6674 } 6675 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 6676 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6677 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 6678 } 6679 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6680 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 6681 } 6682 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 6683 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 6684 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 6685 pager_unlock(pPager); 6686 } 6687 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 6688 } 6689 } 6690 } 6691 6692 /* Return the new journal mode */ 6693 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 6694 } 6695 6696 /* 6697 ** Return the current journal mode. 6698 */ 6699 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 6700 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 6701 } 6702 6703 /* 6704 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 6705 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 6706 ** is unmodified. 6707 */ 6708 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 6709 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6710 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 6711 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 6712 return 1; 6713 } 6714 6715 /* 6716 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 6717 ** 6718 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 6719 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 6720 */ 6721 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 6722 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 6723 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 6724 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 6725 } 6726 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 6727 } 6728 6729 /* 6730 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 6731 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 6732 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 6733 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 6734 */ 6735 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 6736 return &pPager->pBackup; 6737 } 6738 6739 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 6740 /* 6741 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 6742 */ 6743 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 6744 if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 6745 } 6746 #endif 6747 6748 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6749 /* 6750 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 6751 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 6752 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 6753 ** 6754 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 6755 */ 6756 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ 6757 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6758 if( pPager->pWal ){ 6759 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, 6760 pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 6761 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 6762 pnLog, pnCkpt 6763 ); 6764 } 6765 return rc; 6766 } 6767 6768 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 6769 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 6770 } 6771 6772 /* 6773 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 6774 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 6775 */ 6776 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 6777 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 6778 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 6779 } 6780 6781 /* 6782 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 6783 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 6784 */ 6785 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6786 int rc; /* Return code */ 6787 6788 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 6789 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6790 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6791 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 6792 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 6793 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 6794 } 6795 6796 return rc; 6797 } 6798 6799 /* 6800 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 6801 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 6802 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 6803 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 6804 */ 6805 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 6806 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6807 6808 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6809 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 6810 6811 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 6812 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 6813 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 6814 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 6815 */ 6816 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 6817 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 6818 } 6819 6820 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 6821 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 6822 */ 6823 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6824 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 6825 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 6826 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 6827 ); 6828 } 6829 6830 return rc; 6831 } 6832 6833 6834 /* 6835 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 6836 ** this function. 6837 ** 6838 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 6839 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 6840 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 6841 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 6842 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 6843 ** not modified in either case. 6844 ** 6845 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 6846 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 6847 ** without doing anything. 6848 */ 6849 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 6850 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6851 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 6852 ){ 6853 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6854 6855 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6856 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 6857 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 6858 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 6859 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 6860 6861 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 6862 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 6863 6864 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 6865 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6866 6867 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 6868 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6869 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 6870 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 6871 } 6872 }else{ 6873 *pbOpen = 1; 6874 } 6875 6876 return rc; 6877 } 6878 6879 /* 6880 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 6881 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 6882 ** 6883 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 6884 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 6885 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 6886 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 6887 */ 6888 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ 6889 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6890 6891 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 6892 6893 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 6894 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 6895 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 6896 */ 6897 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 6898 int logexists = 0; 6899 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 6900 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6901 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 6902 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 6903 ); 6904 } 6905 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 6906 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 6907 } 6908 } 6909 6910 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 6911 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 6912 */ 6913 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 6914 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 6915 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6916 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 6917 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 6918 pPager->pWal = 0; 6919 } 6920 } 6921 return rc; 6922 } 6923 6924 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 6925 6926 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6927 /* 6928 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 6929 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 6930 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 6931 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 6932 ** is empty, return 0. 6933 */ 6934 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 6935 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 6936 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 6937 } 6938 #endif 6939 6940 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6941 /* 6942 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6943 ** into the log file. 6944 ** 6945 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6946 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6947 */ 6948 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6949 void *aData = 0; 6950 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6951 return aData; 6952 } 6953 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6954 6955 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 6956